BRAKES

SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
BRC B

E
CONTENTS
WITHOUT ESP Fail-safe ...................................................................28 BRC
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................30
PRECAUTION ............................................... 6 DTC Index ...............................................................31
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6 WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 32
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 32
SIONER" ................................................................... 6 Wiring Diagram ........................................................32 H
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-
tion after Battery Disconnect ..................................... 6 BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 33
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 7 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 33 I
Precaution for Brake System .................................... 7
Work Flow ................................................................33
Precaution for Brake Control system ........................ 7
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................34
J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 36
COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
Component Parts Location ........................................ 9 K
SOR ................................................................... 36
Component Description ........................................... 10
DTC Logic ................................................................36
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor ............................ 11
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................36
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ......... 11 L
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 12 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN-
SYSTEM .............................................................13 SOR ................................................................... 39
DTC Logic ................................................................39 M
System Description ................................................. 13
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40
Fail-safe .................................................................. 19

ABS FUNCTION ........................................................ 21 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ........ 45

ABS FUNCTION : System Description ................... 21 DTC Logic ................................................................45 N
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................45
EBD FUNCTION ........................................................ 22
EBD FUNCTION : System Description ................... 22 C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
O
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 47
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR DTC Logic ................................................................47
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ........24 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................47
CONSULT-III Function ............................................ 24 P
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS-
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 27 TEM ................................................................... 48
DTC Logic ................................................................48
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................48
(CONTROL UNIT) ..............................................27
Reference Value ..................................................... 27 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR .................................. 50
DTC Logic ................................................................50

BRC-1
 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG ............... 79
Description .............................................................. 79
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79
SYSTEM ............................................................. 56
DTC Logic ............................................................... 56 DOES NOT OPERATE ...................................... 80
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 Description .............................................................. 80
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
VALVE SYSTEM ................................................ 58 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
DTC Logic ............................................................... 58 TION SOUND OCCURS .................................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58 Description .............................................................. 81
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............... 60
DTC Logic ............................................................... 60 VEHICLE JERKS DURING ............................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60 Description .............................................................. 82
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 62
Description .............................................................. 62 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ................ 83
DTC Logic ............................................................... 62 Description .............................................................. 83
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 84
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 63
Description .............................................................. 63 WHEEL SENSOR .............................................. 84
DTC Logic ............................................................... 63
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ........................................ 84
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ........... 84
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 64 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 64 lation ....................................................................... 84

STOP LAMP SWITCH ....................................... 67 REAR WHEEL SENSOR ........................................... 85

Component Function Check ................................... 67 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............. 85
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa-
Component Inspection ............................................ 68 tion .......................................................................... 86

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH .............................. 70 SENSOR ROTOR .............................................. 88

Component Function Check ................................... 70 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ........................................ 88
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 70 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal-
Component Inspection ............................................ 70 lation ....................................................................... 88
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ....................... 72 REAR SENSOR ROTOR ........................................... 88
Component Function Check ................................... 72 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72 tion .......................................................................... 88
Component Inspection ............................................ 73
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
ABS WARNING LAMP ...................................... 74 (CONTROL UNIT) .............................................. 89
Component Function Check ................................... 74 Exploded View ........................................................ 89
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74 Removal and Installation ......................................... 90
BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................. 75 WITH ESP
Component Function Check ................................... 75
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 92
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION .......................... 92
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 76
Information .............................................................. 92
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ......... 76
Description .............................................................. 76
PRECAUTION ............................................ 93
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 93
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION ... 77 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Description .............................................................. 77
SIONER" ................................................................. 93
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77

BRC-2
 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 145
tion after Battery Disconnect ................................... 93 A
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 94 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 145
Precaution for Brake System .................................. 94 Work Flow .............................................................. 145
Precaution for Brake Control system ...................... 94 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 146
B
Precaution for Harness Repair ................................ 96
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 97 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 148 C
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................97 Description ............................................................. 148
Component Parts Location ...................................... 97
Component Description ......................................... 102 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN- D
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .......................... 102 SOR NEUTRAL POSITION ............................. 149
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ....... 103 Description ............................................................. 149
ESP pressure Sensor ............................................ 104 Work Procedure ..................................................... 149
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 104 E
Brake Switch/Brake Pedal Position Switch ........... 104 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 151
Steering Angle Sensor .......................................... 104
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor ............................ 104 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN- BRC
ESP OFF Switch ................................................... 104 SOR ................................................................. 151
Brake Fluid Level Switch ....................................... 104 DTC Logic .............................................................. 151
Parking Brake Switch ............................................ 104 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
G
SYSTEM ........................................................... 105 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN-
System Description ............................................... 105 SOR ................................................................. 154
Fail-safe ................................................................ 117 DTC Logic .............................................................. 154 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
ESP FUNCTION ...................................................... 120
ESP FUNCTION : System Description ................. 120 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ...... 160
DTC Logic .............................................................. 160 I
TCS FUNCTION ...................................................... 123 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
TCS FUNCTION : System Description ................. 124
C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC- J
ABS FUNCTION ...................................................... 125 TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ........................ 162
ABS FUNCTION : System Description ................. 125 DTC Logic .............................................................. 162
EBD FUNCTION ...................................................... 127 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162 K
EBD FUNCTION : System Description ................. 127
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS-
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) TEM ................................................................. 163
FUNCTION ............................................................... 128 DTC Logic .............................................................. 163 L
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
FUNCTION : System Description .......................... 128
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DE- M
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR CEL G SENSOR .............................................. 165
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ...... 131 DTC Logic .............................................................. 165
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 131 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
N
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 136 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................ 168
DTC Logic .............................................................. 168
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168 O
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 136
Reference Value ................................................... 136 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH ......................... 174
Fail-safe ................................................................ 138 DTC Logic .............................................................. 174
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174 P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 141
DTC Index ............................................................. 142 Component Inspection ........................................... 177

WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 144 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE
SYSTEM .......................................................... 179
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 144 DTC Logic .............................................................. 179
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 144 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179

BRC-3
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT ESP OFF SWITCH ............................................ 210
VALVE SYSTEM .............................................. 181 Component Function Check ................................. 210
DTC Logic ..............................................................181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................181 Component Inspection .......................................... 211

C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL ................................. 183 ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 212
DTC Logic ..............................................................183 Component Function Check ................................. 212
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................183 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212

C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............. 184 BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................ 213
DTC Logic ..............................................................184 Component Function Check ................................. 213
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213

C1142 PRESS SENSOR ................................. 186 ESP WARNING LAMP ..................................... 214
DTC Logic ..............................................................186 Component Function Check ................................. 214
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 189 ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP ........................... 215
DTC Logic ..............................................................189 Component Function Check ................................. 215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215

C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 216

SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ................................. 191
DTC Logic ..............................................................191 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 216
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191 Description ............................................................ 216
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 192
DTC Logic ..............................................................192 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 217
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192 Description ............................................................ 217
Component Inspection ...........................................194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217

C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM ............................ 195 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 219
DTC Logic ..............................................................195 Description ............................................................ 219
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................195 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219

C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM ............................. 197 DOES NOT OPERATE ..................................... 220
DTC Logic ..............................................................197 Description ............................................................ 220
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................197 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2 ................................ 199 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
DTC Logic ..............................................................199 TION SOUND OCCURS ................................... 221
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................199 Description ............................................................ 221
Component Inspection ...........................................202 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 203 VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 222
Description .............................................................203 Description ............................................................ 222
DTC Logic ..............................................................203 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................203
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 223
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 204 Description ............................................................ 223
Description .............................................................204
DTC Logic ..............................................................204
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 224
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................204 WHEEL SENSOR ............................................. 224
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 205 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ...................................... 224
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................205 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 224
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal-
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................ 208
lation ..................................................................... 224
Component Function Check ..................................208
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................208 REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 225
Component Inspection ...........................................208 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ........... 225

BRC-4
 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa- ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
tion ........................................................................ 227 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 230 A
Exploded View ....................................................... 230
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................. 229 Removal and Installation ....................................... 233
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 229 B
YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR ........... 235
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal-
Exploded View ....................................................... 235
lation ...................................................................... 229
Removal and Installation ....................................... 235
REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 229 C
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa-
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 236
Removal and Installation ....................................... 236
tion ........................................................................ 229
ESP OFF SWITCH .......................................... 237 D
Removal and Installation ....................................... 237

BRC

BRC-5
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT ESP]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006598731

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006598732

NOTE:
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, then dis-
connect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both
battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.

BRC-6
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. A
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. B
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned. C
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock D
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
E
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006598733

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. BRC

PIIB3706J
I
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000006383041

WARNING: J
Clean any dust from the front brake and rear brake using a vacuum dust collector. Never blow by com-
pressed air.
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid. K
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes. L
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation. M
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A). N
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the O
parts.

JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control system INFOID:0000000006383042

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.

• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.

BRC-7
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
• To operate CONSULT-III while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when ABS function or EBD func-
tion operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by ABS function or EBD function that is nor-
mally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for ABS function or EBD function when all of brakes, sus-
pensions and tires installed on the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and control-
lability may be negatively affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of ABS function or EBD
function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp and
brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for ABS function or EBD func-
tion.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally
for ABS function or EBD function.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear wheel is rotated
using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference between wheel
that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results,
and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON. ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit) stops control for ABS function or EBD function. Ordinary brake operates.
After power supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF. The control
becomes operative for ABS function or EBD function.

BRC-8
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006383046
B

LHD
C

BRC

JSFIA0512ZZ

O
1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. Front wheel sensor 3. Stop lamp switch
trol unit)
4. Rear wheel sensor
P
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake pedal
D. ABS warning lamp, brake warning E. Rear wheel hub and bearing assem-
lamp (in combination meter) bly

RHD

BRC-9
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]

JSFIA0514ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. Front wheel sensor 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit)
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. ABS warning lamp, brake warning B. Brake pedal C. Steering knuckle
lamp (in combination meter)
D. Inside engine room E. Rear wheel hub and bearing assem-
bly

Component Description INFOID:0000000006383047

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-11, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"
Wheel sensor BRC-11, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Stop lamp switch BRC-12, "Stop Lamp Switch"

BRC-10
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Component Reference/Function
A
ABS warning lamp
BRC-13, "System Description"
Brake warning lamp

Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000006383048

B

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle. C
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly.
D
•
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted. E
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal. BRC
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed. G

JPFIC0131GB
H
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006383049

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls ABS function and EBD
function. I

ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

• Brake fluid pressure are controlled according to signals from each sensor. J
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator. K
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor L
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
M
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay (Main Relay)
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). N
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE: O
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit. P
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Inlet Valve
Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve.

BRC-11
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Outlet Valve
Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is
released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when
decreasing pressure of brake caliper.
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006383050

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).

BRC-12
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000006383051

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper to increase, to hold or to decrease according to B
signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control system is applied to ABS
function and EBD function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs. C

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D

BRC

JPFIC0210GB K
INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
L
ABS function, EBD function
Component Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
M
communication.
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
N
VALVE OPERATION
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
O

BRC-13
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA0516GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

• When the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder
through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• When the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder
through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases
• When the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the master cylinder
through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases
• When the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the master cylinder
through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.

BRC-14
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
When ABS is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0517GB

Name Not activated During pressure holds

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close) I
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds
J

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds

• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and K
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds L
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper holds M
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper holds N
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper.
O

BRC-15
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
When ABS is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

JSFIA0518GB

Name Not activated During pressure decreases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases

• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.

BRC-16
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
When ABS is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0516GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) I
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases
J

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since K
the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to
the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is
not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open). L
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since
the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to M
the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is
not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases N
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since
the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to
the rear RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is O
not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Since P
the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to
the rear LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not
energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).

BRC-17
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
When Brake Release

JSFIA0520GB

Name Not activated During brake release

ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

During front RH brake caliper release

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During front LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During rear RH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
During rear LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
returns to the master cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Drives the pump according to signals from control unit.
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Inlet valve Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
Outlet valve Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.

BRC-18
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Component Function
A
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas-
Reservoir B
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP

ABS Warning Lamp C
• Turns ON when either ABS function or EBD function is malfunctioning.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
D
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON E
Approx. 1 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the
OFF
system is in normal operation)
ABS function is malfunctioning ON BRC
EBD function is malfunctioning ON

Brake Warning Lamp G

• Turns ON when EBD function is malfunctioning.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
H
Condition (status) Brake warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON I
Approx. 1 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the
OFF
system is in normal operation)
After engine starts OFF J
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) ON
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
ON K
switch ON)
ABS function is malfunctioning OFF
EBD function is malfunctioning ON
L
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006598764

ABS FUNCTION M
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same
as models without ABS function. However, EBD function is operated normally. N
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
O
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function and EBD function. P

BRC-19
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition

C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power
C1105
supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power
C1106 The following functions are sus-
supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is pended.
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning)

• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.

• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front RH wheel sensor pow-
C1107
er supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front LH wheel sensor power
C1108
supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.

BRC-20
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control B
C1110
unit).
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected the ve- C
C1115
hicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
The following functions are sus-
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
pended.
D
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. E
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve.
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. BRC
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
G
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more.
—
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ABS actuator H
U1010
and electric unit (control unit).

ABS FUNCTION
I
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006383053

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can J
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status. K
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
L
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking. M
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle
N
status becomes the same as models without ABS function. How-
ever, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-19, "Fail-
safe".
NOTE: O
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the
device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary P
brake operates at low speed [approx. 5 to 10 km/h (3.1 to 6.2
MPH) or less, but differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno-
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing
JPFIC0140GB
brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.

BRC-21
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal

EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006383054

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

BRC-22
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front
and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig- A
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
B
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less. C
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func- D
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS
function and EBD function. Refer to BRC-19, "Fail-safe".

BRC

G
JPFIC0143GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H

O
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. P

Component Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• Brake warning lamp signal

BRC-23
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006383055

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description

ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and
ACTIVE TEST
electric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-31, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT-III.

Item name Display item

The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
×: Applicable

Monitor item selection

Item (Unit) Note
ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.

BRC-24
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
B
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
× C
(On/Off) played.
RR RH IN SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played
D
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
× E
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
EBD WARN LAMP
BRC
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *

STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off) G
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ACTUATOR RLY H
× ABS actuator relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *
(On/Off) I
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
EBD SIGNAL J
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off) K
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG L
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG
Cranking status is displayed.
(On/Off) M
*: Refer to BRC-13, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result N
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT-III, instead of those
from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check
its operation. O
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before ACTIVE TEST.
P
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.

BRC-25
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Display
Test item Display item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FRLH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.

Display
Test item Display item
On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR
ACTUATOR RLY On On

BRC-26
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006548681
B

CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

C
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- D
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- E
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- BRC
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
G
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Active On
FR RH IN SOL*2 H
Not activated Off
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off I
Active On
FR LH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
J
Active On
FR LH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On K
RR RH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
RR RH OUT SOL*2 L
Not activated Off
Active On
RR LH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
M
Active On
*2
RR LH OUT SOL
Not activated Off

When brake warning lamp is ON*3 On N

EBD WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
Brake pedal depressed On O
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal not depressed Off
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Not activated Off P
Active On
ACTUATOR RLY
Not activated (in fail-safe mode) Off

When ABS warning lamp is ON*3 On

ABS WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V

BRC-27
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
EBD is activated On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is not activated Off
ABS is activated On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is not activated Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
At cranking On
CRANKING SIG
Other than at cranking Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Refer to “valve operation” in BRC-13, "System Description" for valve operation of each valve.
*3: Refer to BRC-13, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006548682

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same
as models without ABS function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func-
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function and EBD function.

BRC-28
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition A

C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
B

C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.

• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit. C
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power D
C1105
supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not E
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. BRC
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power
C1106 The following functions are sus-
supply voltage G
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is pended.
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning) H
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor I
power supply voltage
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front RH wheel sensor pow-
C1107
er supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor J
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
K
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage L
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front LH wheel sensor power
C1108
supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. M
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.

BRC-29
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
C1110
unit).
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected the ve-
C1115
hicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
The following functions are sus-
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
pended.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve.
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve.
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more.
—
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ABS actuator
U1010
and electric unit (control unit).

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006548683

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.

Priority Detected item (DTC)

• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
2 • C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
3 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
4
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL

BRC-30
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006548684

DTC Display Item Refer to

C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1 B
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-36, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2 D
BRC-39, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
E
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-45, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-47, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-48, "DTC Logic" BRC
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-50, "DTC Logic"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-56, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-58, "DTC Logic" G
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-56, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-58, "DTC Logic"
H
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-56, "DTC Logic"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-58, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-56, "DTC Logic" I
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-58, "DTC Logic"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-60, "DTC Logic"
J
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-62, "DTC Logic"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) BRC-63, "DTC Logic"
K

BRC-31
 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ESP]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006383060

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".

JCFWA0330GB

BRC-32
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT ESP]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006600948
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-34, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully.Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-19, "Fail-
safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for “ABS”. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-30, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

BRC-33
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT-III.
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006600949

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )

ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

BRC-34
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT ESP]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

BRC-35
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600950

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 (control unit)
sensor circuit.
When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600951

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

BRC-36
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR B

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
C
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT-III. E
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine. BRC
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
G
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator I
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6. K
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. L
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. M
5. Stat the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. N
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END O

7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

BRC-37
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
23 E22 (Front LH wheel)
21 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 1 Existed
26 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
11 B41 (Rear RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 E22 (Front LH wheel)
12 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 2 Existed
30 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
15 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-38
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600952

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel C
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V D
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
E
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. BRC
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
G
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V H
≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large. • Harness or connector
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Wheel sensor I
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. • ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• Tire J
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage K
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large. L
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel M
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V N
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and O
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
P
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
BRC-39
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-40, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600953

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-64, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.

BRC-40
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole. A
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
B
• Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-85, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1) D
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". E
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine. BRC
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: G
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting H
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
I
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT-III. J
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. K
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END L
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. M
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2) O
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
P
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.

BRC-41
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-42
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
23, 27
B
21, 12
E34 Ground Not existed
26, 30
11, 15 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15. D
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT-III. E
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
BRC
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. G
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. H
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
I
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5) J
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. K
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17. L
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
M
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". N
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine. O
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. P
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.

BRC-43
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)

With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-44
 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600954

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector C
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system D
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. BRC

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-45, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600955
J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. M
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC-45
 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#57).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E34 16 E15 59 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-46
 C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600956

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac- ABS actuator and electric unit C
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit). (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION BRC

With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. G
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-47, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600957

I
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” is displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”. J

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion". K

BRC-47
 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600958

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600959

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-48
 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30 A fusible link (K). D
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30 A fusible link (K).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC
5. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. G

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed
4 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

BRC-49
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600960

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel
ABS SENSOR • Sensor rotor
C1115 and others is detected the vehicle is driven, because
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL] • ABS actuator and electric unit
of installation of other tires than specified.
(control unit)
• Tire

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600961

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-64, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:

BRC-50
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. A
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? B
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1) C
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. D
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR BRC
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole. G
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque. H
• Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-85, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1) J
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". K
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. L
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: M
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting N
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
P
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-51
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
BRC-52
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14. A
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT-III. B
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. E
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.) BRC
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
23 E22 (Front LH wheel)
21 E39 (Front RH wheel) H
E34 1 Existed
26 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
11 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
I
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
27 E22 (Front LH wheel)
12 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 2 Existed K
30 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
15 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. L

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity M
Connector Terminal
23, 27
21, 12 N
E34 Ground Not existed
26, 30
11, 15
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
P
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.

BRC-53
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
BRC-54
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa- A
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END
B

BRC

BRC-55
 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600962

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve.
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600963

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-56
 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. D

4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check 40 A fusible link (F).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 40 A fusible link (F).
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed J
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
L
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N

BRC-57
 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600967

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve.
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600968

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-58
 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. D

4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check 40 A fusible link (F).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 40 A fusible link (F).
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed J
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
L
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N

BRC-59
 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600970

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600971

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-60
 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40 A fusible link (F). D
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 40 A fusible link (F).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC
5. CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. G

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed
4 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

BRC-61
 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000006600972

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006600973

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more. function

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600974

Proceed to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

BRC-62
 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000006600976

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006383085
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of
ABS actuator and electric unit
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CAN controller of ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
(control unit) BRC
trol unit).

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC “U1010” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006383086

L
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection and deformation.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N

BRC-63
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600977

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#57).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E34 16 E15 59 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E34 16 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-64
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground 10 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. D

4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check 30 A fusible link (K).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30 A fusible link (K).
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
J
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. K

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage L
Connector Terminal
E34 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check 40 A fusible link (F).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector O
terminal (2) and 40 A fusible link (F).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY P
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-65
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E34 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-66
 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006600978

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION B

Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-39, "Wiring Diagram".
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR D

With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. E
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-27, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600979 G

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check stop lamp clearance.
- LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. J
• LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH K
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-68, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation". M
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V P
E34 8 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-67
 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E34 8 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E118*1
E34 8 2 Existed
M205*2
*1: LHD
*2: RHD
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E34 8 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check 10 A fuse (#38).
2. Check continuity and short circuit between stop lamp switch harness connector terminal (1) and 10 A fuse
(#38).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006600980

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

BRC-68
 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

Stop lamp switch A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed B
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation". D
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".

BRC

BRC-69
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006600982

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION

Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600983

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M31 1 M34 10 Existed
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M31 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-70, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-5, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006600984

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

BRC-70
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

Parking brake switch Condition Continuity A

—
Terminal When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-5, "Removal and Installation". C

BRC

BRC-71
 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006600985

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION

When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600986

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E42 1 M34 11 Existed
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E42 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E42 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-73, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• LHD: Refer to BR-44, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• RHD: Refer to BR-109, "Disassembly and Assembly".
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-72
 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts. A
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006600987
B
1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector. C
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector.

Brake fluid level switch

D
Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed E
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END BRC
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• LHD: Refer to BR-44, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• RHD: Refer to BR-109, "Disassembly and Assembly". G

BRC-73
 ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
ABS WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006600990

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600991

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-31, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III.
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-74
 BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006600993

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1) B

Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level. H
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006600994

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- K
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-64, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III. N
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-31, "DTC Index". O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-75
 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000006601246

ABS function and EBD function operates in excessive operation frequency.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601247

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-41, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-4, "Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-84, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-88, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-86, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after key switch is turned
ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.

BRC-76
 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601248

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601249

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE C

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-41, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-4, "Inspection" D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR
Check disc rotor runout. BRC
• Front
- LHD: Refer to BR-16, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• Rear G
- LHD: Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-86, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish disc rotor.
• Front I
- LHD: Refer to BR-16, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• Rear
J
- LHD: Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-86, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEACKAGE K
Check fluid leakage.
• Front
- LHD: Refer to BR-30, "FRONT : Inspection". L
- RHD: Refer to BR-97, "FRONT : Inspection".
• Rear
- LHD: Refer to BR-39, "REAR : Inspection".
- RHD: Refer to BR-105, "REAR : Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check each item of brake pedal. O
• LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal.
• LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.

BRC-77
 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

BRC-78
 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601250

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated. B

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601251

CAUTION: C
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE D
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE BRC
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
H

BRC-79
 DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000006601252

ABS function and EBD function does not operate.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601253

CAUTION:
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1 second after key
switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp and stay in OFF status during
driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.

BRC-80
 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601254

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the B
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following C
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road D
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601255

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1 BRC

Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check brake pedal.
• LHD: Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-90, "Inspection and Adjustment". H
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
I
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.
J
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur? K
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit). L
NO >> Normal

BRC-81
 VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
Description INFOID:0000000006601256

The vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601257

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-31, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION” (for CVT models).
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-90, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-82
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ESP]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601260

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when ABS function and EBD function operates. This is not a malfunction, The symptom C
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending occurs ABS function and EBD function
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, that are normally operated.
gravel road or snowy road.
D
This is not a malfunction. The symptom
occurs during the brake fluid accumula-
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
tion in the accumulator and operational
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine
check of the ABS actuator and electric E
unit (control unit).

BRC

BRC-83
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006383114

JPFIC0191GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006383115

REMOVAL
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-22, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

BRC-84
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like A
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006383116

BRC
LEFT SIDE

JPFIC0192GB N

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector
O
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

P
RIGHT SIDE

BRC-85
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

JPFIC0218GB

1. Rear RH wheel sensor 2. Rear RH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006383117

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of wheel hub and bearing assembly and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are for-
eign material like iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

BRC-86
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

CAUTION: A
Check that the identification line (A) of the rear wheel sensor
is faced upward.

D
JPFIC0198ZZ

BRC

BRC-87
 SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006383118

REMOVAL
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
FAX-43, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
FAX-43, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006383119

REMOVAL
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
RAX-5, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
RAX-5, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-88
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006383120

LHD B

BRC

JSFIA0526GB
J
1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper K
D. To rear RH caliper E. To rear LH caliper F. To front RH caliper
: Vehicle front
L
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

M
RHD

BRC-89
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]

JPFIC0193GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH caliper E. To rear LH caliper F. To front RH caliper
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006383121

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid.
• LHD: Refer to BR-12, "Draining".
• RHD: Refer to BR-80, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct. (RHD) Refer to EM-161, "Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl (A).
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
• LHD Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View". JPFIC0194ZZ
• RHD Refer to BR-91, "FRONT : Exploded View".
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
CAUTION:

BRC-90
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT ESP]
• Never remove and never install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness
connector. A
• Be careful not to drop ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and apply excessive impact to
it.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). B
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the C
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged.
D
- LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- RHD: Refer to BR-91, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation. E
- LHD: Refer to BR-13, "Bleeding Brake System".
- RHD: Refer to BR-81, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it. BRC
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector (1), move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to
secure the locking.
G

I
JPFIC0195ZZ

BRC-91
 HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITH ESP]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000006635247

Both “VDC” and “ESP” are used in this manual. These indicate the same system.

BRC-92
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH ESP]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006601860

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected BRC
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING: G
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this I
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by J
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser- K
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
L
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly M
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. N
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006601861

O
NOTE:
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, then dis-
connect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both P
battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.

BRC-93
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH ESP]
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006601862

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000006601863

WARNING:
Clean any dust from the front brake and rear brake using a vacuum dust collector. Never blow by com-
pressed air.
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.

JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control system INFOID:0000000006601864

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.

• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.

BRC-94
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH ESP]
• To operate CONSULT-III while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety. A
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when ESP function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates. This is not a mal-
function because it is caused by ESP function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function or brake limited slip
B
differential (BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con- C
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake D
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for ESP function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function when all of brakes, suspensions and tires installed on the
vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may be negatively affected E
when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used. BRC
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of ESP function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp, G
brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for ESP
function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others) H
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others) I
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may
not operate normally for ESP function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function and brake limited slip differ- J
ential (BLSD) function.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self- K
diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for ESP function, TCS function, ABS func- L
tion EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Ordinary brake operates. After power
supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp turn OFF. The con-
trol becomes operative for ESP function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function and brake limited slip dif-
M
ferential (BLSD) function.
• Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when ESP
function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operated. This is not a malfunction
because it is caused by ESP function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function that is N
operated normally.
• ESP warning lamp may turn ON and ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit O
course). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for ESP function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle sharply turns dur- P
ing a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function are OFF (ESP OFF switch is pressed and ESP OFF indicator lamp is in ON status).
This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-
diagnosis results, and erase memory.

BRC-95
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH ESP]
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000006601953

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

BRC-96
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006601865
B

LHD
2WD C

BRC

JSFIA0548ZZ
O
1. ECM 2. TCM *1 3. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- Refer to TM-314, "CVT CONTROL
TROL SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- P
Component Parts Location" tion".
(MR16DDT), EC-455, "ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location"
(HR16DE), EC-813, "Component
Parts Location" (K9K).
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 5. ESP pressure sensor*2 6. Front wheel sensor
trol unit)

BRC-97
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
7. Stop lamp switch 8. Brake switch/brake pedal position 9. Steering angle sensor
switch
10. Rear wheel sensor
A. Under floor carpet (front seat right B. Inside engine room C. Steering knuckle
side)
D. Brake pedal E. ABS warning lamp, brake warning F. Back of spiral cable assembly
lamp, ESP warning lamp, ESP OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)
G. Rear wheel hub and bearing assem-
bly

*1: Models with CVT

*2: Models with HR16DE and MR16DDT
4WD

JSFIA0547ZZ

BRC-98
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

1. ECM 2. TCM 3. 4WD control module A

Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- Refer to TM-131, "CVT CONTROL Refer to DLN-10, "Component Parts
TROL SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Location".
Component Parts Location". tion".
4. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor 5. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 6. ESP pressure sensor B
trol unit)
7. Front wheel sensor 8. Stop lamp switch 9. Brake switch/brake pedal position
switch C
10. Steering angle sensor 11. Rear wheel sensor
A. Under floor carpet (front seat right B. Inside engine room C. Steering knuckle
side)
D
D. Brake pedal E. ABS warning lamp, brake warning F. Back of spiral cable assembly
lamp, ESP warning lamp, ESP OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter) E
G. Rear axle housing

RHD BRC
2WD

JSFIA0549ZZ

BRC-99
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

1. ECM 2. TCM* 3. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- Refer to TM-314, "CVT CONTROL
TROL SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
Component Parts Location" tion".
(MR16DDT), EC-455, "ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location"
(HR16DE), EC-813, "Component
Parts Location" (K9K).
4. Steering angle sensor 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Brake switch/brake pedal position
switch
7. Front wheel sensor 8. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 9. Rear wheel sensor
trol unit)
A. Under floor carpet (front seat right B. Back of spiral cable assembly C. ABS warning lamp, brake warning
side) lamp, ESP warning lamp, ESP OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)
D. Brake pedal E. Steering knuckle F. Inside engine room
G. Rear wheel hub and bearing assem-
bly

*: Models with CVT

BRC-100
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
4WD
A

BRC

L
JSFIA0550ZZ

1. ECM 2. TCM 3. 4WD control module M

Refer to EC-25, "ENGINE CON- Refer to TM-131, "CVT CONTROL Refer to DLN-10, "Component Parts
TROL SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Location"
Component Parts Location". tion".
N
4. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor 5. Steering angle sensor 6. Stop lamp switch
7. Brake switch/brake pedal position 8. Front wheel sensor 9. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
switch trol unit)
10. Rear wheel sensor O
A. Under floor carpet (front seat right B. Back of spiral cable assembly C. ABS warning lamp, brake warning
side) lamp, ESP warning lamp, ESP OFF
indicator lamp (in combination P
meter)
D. Brake pedal E. Steering knuckle F. Inside engine room
G. Rear axle housing

BRC-101
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
Component Description INFOID:0000000006601866

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-103, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"
Wheel sensor BRC-102, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

ESP pressure sensor*1 BRC-104, "ESP pressure Sensor"

Stop lamp switch BRC-104, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Brake switch/brake pedal position switch BRC-104, "Brake Switch/Brake Pedal Position Switch"
Steering angle sensor BRC-104, "Steering Angle Sensor"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-104, "Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor"
ESP OFF switch BRC-104, "ESP OFF Switch"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-104, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"
Parking brake switch BRC-104, "Parking Brake Switch"
ESP warning lamp
ABS warning lamp
BRC-105, "System Description"
Brake warning lamp
ESP OFF indicator lamp
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
• N range signal
TCM*2 • P range signal
• R range signal
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and elec-
4WD control module*3 tric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
• Current 4WD mode signal
*1: Models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE)
*2: Models with CVT
*3: 4WD models
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000006601867

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on wheel hub and bearing assembly. (2WD)
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on axle housing. (4WD)
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly. (2WD)
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated on drive shaft. (4WD)
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.

BRC-102
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted. A
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
B
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed. C

JPFIC0131GB

D
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006601868

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls ESP function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. E

ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

• Brake fluid pressure, engine and transaxle are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
BRC
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator. G
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor H
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). I

Actuator Relay (Main Relay)

Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). J
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE: K
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit. L
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Cut Valve 1, Cut Valve2 M
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder, when ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function are activated.
Suction Valve 1, Suction Valve 2 N
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump, when ESP function, TCS function and brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function are activated.
Inlet Valve O
Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve. P
Outlet Valve
Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is
released.
BRC-103
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when
decreasing pressure of brake caliper.
ESP pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006385694

Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006601869

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
Brake Switch/Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006605577

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
Steering Angle Sensor INFOID:0000000006385691

Detects the following information and transmits steering angle signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication.
• Steering wheel rotation amount
• Steering wheel rotation angular velocity
• Steering wheel rotation direction
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor INFOID:0000000006385692

Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit) via communication lines.
• Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal)
• Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)
ESP OFF Switch INFOID:0000000006385696

• This is an integrated switch with switches for other functions.

• Non-operational status or standby status of the following functions can be selected using ESP OFF switch.
ESP OFF indicator lamp indicates the operation status of function. (ON: Non-operational status, OFF:
Standby status)
- ESP function
NOTE:
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function control operates.
- TCS function
• ESP OFF indicator lamp turns OFF (standby status) when the engine is started again after it is stopped once
while ESP OFF indicator lamp is ON (non-operational status).
Brake Fluid Level Switch INFOID:0000000006385693

Detects the brake fluid level in reservoir tank and transmits converted electric signal from combination meter to
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication, when brake fluid level is the specified
level or less.
Parking Brake Switch INFOID:0000000006385695

Detects the operation status of parking brake switch and transmits converted electric signal from combination
meter to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

BRC-104
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000006601870

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper to increase, to hold or to decrease according to B
signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control system is applied to ESP
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs. C

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
D
• ESP pressure sensor is LHD models (MR16DDT and HR16DE) only.
• TCM is CVT models only.
• 4WD control module is 4WD models only.
E

BRC

L
JSFIA0527GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. M

BRC-105
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Component Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-
munication line*1
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor • Yaw rate signal
• Side G sensor signal
• Decel G sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• N range signal
TCM*2 • P range signal
• R range signal
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
4WD control module*3 communication.
• Current 4WD mode signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Combination meter • ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• ESP warning lamp signal
• ESP OFF indicator lamp signal
*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Models with CVT
*3: 4WD models
VALVE OPERATION [ESP FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFEREN-
TIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
When ESP Function, TSC Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-
sure Increases)
NOTE:

BRC-106
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0531GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases

I
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open) J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

L
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the ABS IN M
valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The
pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases N
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the ABS IN
valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. O
The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by P
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper through the ABS IN
valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The
pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper through the ABS IN

BRC-107
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary.
The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
When ESP Function, TSC Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is Starts Operating (During
Pressure Holds)
NOTE:
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).

JSFIA0532GB

Name Not activated During pressure holds

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds

• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the rear RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper holds

BRC-108
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the rear LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper. The pressurization for A
the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
When ESP Function, TSC Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-
sure Decreases) B
NOTE:
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).
C

BRC

JSFIA0533GB
J

Name Not activated During pressure decreases

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) K
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
L
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) M
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

N
During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
O
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the left caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases P
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master

BRC-109
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the right caliper.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Inlet valve Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
Outlet valve Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas-
Reservoir
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
ESP pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION AND EBD FUNCTION)

The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)
NOTE:

BRC-110
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0534GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases

I
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

L
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS M
OUT valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from N
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases O
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed. P
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
When ABS Function is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)
NOTE:

BRC-111
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).

JSFIA0535GB

Name Not activated During pressure holds

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure holds

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds

• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper.
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)
NOTE:

BRC-112
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0536GB

Name Not activated During pressure decreases

I
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open) K
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases

L
During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when M
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH N
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper decreases O
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump. P
During pressure rear LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)
NOTE:

BRC-113
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).

JSFIA0534GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure increases

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the

BRC-114
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open). A
When Brake Release
NOTE:
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE). B

BRC

I
JSFIA0537GB

Name Not activated During brake release J

Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
K
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) L
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper (fluid pressure) — Pressure decreases
M

During front RH brake caliper release

• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and N
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
During front LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and O
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
During rear RH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and P
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
During rear LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

BRC-115
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Inlet valve Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
Outlet valve Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas-
Reservoir
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
ESP pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP

Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp ESP warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF OFF
For approx. 1 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON ON
Approx. 1 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF OFF OFF
tem is in normal operation)
After engine starts OFF OFF OFF
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON OFF
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
OFF ON OFF
switch ON)
ESP function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
TCS function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF ON
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON ON
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
ESP function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
TCS function is operating OFF OFF Blinking

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE INDICATOR LAMP

• Turns ON when ESP function and TCS function are switched to non-operational status (OFF) by ESP OFF
switch.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Condition (status) ESP indicator lamp

Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON ON
Approx. 1 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF
tem is in normal operation)
When ESP OFF switch is ON (ESP function and TCS function are
ON
OFF)

B R C - 1 1 6
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006605597

A
ESP FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif- B
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated
normally. C
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function, ABS D
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without ESP function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE: E
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
BRC
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The G
vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
H

BRC-117
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition

C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power
C1105
supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage The following functions are sus-
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power pended.
C1106 • ESP function
supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • TCS function
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning)
• Brake limited slip differential
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. (BLSD) function
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front RH wheel sensor pow-
C1107
er supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front LH wheel sensor power
C1108
supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus-
C1109 • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • ESP function
• TCS function
• ABS function
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-118
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
When a malfunction is detected in decel G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/de-
C1113 • TCS function B
cel G sensor is open or shorted.
• ABS function (4WD)
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
C
pended.
• ESP function
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected the ve- • TCS function D
C1115
hicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function E
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates. BRC
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve. G
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended.
• ESP function H
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential I
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.

J
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function K
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus- L
pended.
• ESP function
• TCS function
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function M
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
N
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in ESP pressure sensor.
• TCS function O
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended. P
• ESP function
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. • TCS function
• ABS function (4WD)
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-119
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/ The following functions are sus-
C1145
decel G sensor is open or shorted. pended.
• ESP function
• TCS function
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/decel • ABS function (4WD)
C1146
G sensor is open or shorted. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1155 When brake fluid level low signal is detected.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
• ESP function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
When brake switch/brake pedal position switch signal is not input when brake pedal • ESP function
C1176
operates. • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus-
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• ESP function
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ABS actuator • TCS function
U1010 • Brake limited slip differential
and electric unit (control unit).
(BLSD) function

ESP FUNCTION
ESP FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006385712

NOTE:
ESP pressure sensor is applied to models with LHD (MR16DDT and HR16DE).
• Side slip or tail slip may occur while driving on a slippery road or intending an urgent evasive driving. ESP
function detects side slip status using each sensor when side slip or tail slip is about to occur and improves
vehicle stability by brake control and engine output control during driving.
• In addition to ABS function, EBD function and TCS function, target side slip amount is calculated according
to steering operation amount from steering angle sensor. By comparing this information with vehicle side slip
amount that is calculated from information from yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and wheel sensor, vehicle driv-

BRC-120
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ing conditions (conditions of understeer or oversteer) are judged and vehicle stability is improved by brake
force control on all 4 wheels and engine output control. A

JSFIA0539GB D
• ESP function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by operating ESP OFF switch. In this case,
ESP OFF indicator lamp turns ON.
• Control unit portion automatically improves driving stability by performing brake force control as well as
engine output control, by transmitting drive signal to actuator portion according to difference between target E
side slip amount and vehicle side slip amount
• ESP warning lamp blinks while ESP function is in operation and indicates to the driver that the function is in
operation. BRC
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ESP function, the control is suspended for ESP
function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. How- G
ever, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-117, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
ESP has the characteristic as described here, This is not the device that helps reckless driving. H
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is CVT models only. I
• 4WD control module is 4WD models only.

JSFIA0538GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

BRC-121
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

Component Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-
munication line*1.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor • Yaw rate signal
• Side G sensor signal
• Decel G sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Acceleration pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• N range signal
TCM*2 • P range signal
• R range signal
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
4WD control module*3 communication.
• Current 4WD mode signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • Brake fluid level switch signal
• ESP warning lamp signal
• ESP OFF indicator lamp signal
*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Models with CVT
*3: 4WD models
OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS
ESP Function That Prevents Oversteer Tendency
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the outer
side of turn. Moment directing towards the outer side of turn is generated. Oversteer is prevented.

JSFIA0540GB

BRC-122
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
• Changing driving lane on a slippery road, when oversteer tendency is judged large, engine output is con-
trolled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of 4 wheels. Oversteer tendency decreases. A

JSFIA0541GB D
ESP Function That Prevents Understeer Tendency
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the inner
side of turn. Moment directing towards the inner side of turn is generated. Understeer is prevented. E

BRC

JSFIA0542GB H

• Applying braking during a cornering on a slippery road, when understeer tendency is judged large, engine
output is controlled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of four wheels. Understeer tendency
I
decreases.

L
JSFIA0543GB

TCS FUNCTION
M

BRC-123
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
TCS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006385713

• Wheel spin status of drive wheel is detected by wheel sensor of 4

wheels. Engine output and transmission shift status is controlled
so that slip rate of drive wheels is in appropriate level. When wheel
spin occurs on drive wheel, ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) perform brake force control of LH and RH drive wheels (apply
brake force by increasing brake fluid pressure of drive wheel) and
decrease engine torque by engine torque control. Wheel spin
amount decreases. Engine torque is controlled to appropriate
level.
• TCS function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by
operating ESP OFF switch. In this case, ESP OFF indicator lamp
turns ON.
• ESP warning lamp blinks while TCS function is in operation and
indicates to the driver that the function is in operation.
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in TCS
function, the control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle sta-
tus becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to
BRC-117, "Fail-safe".
JPFIC0139GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is CVT models only.
• 4WD control module is 4WD models only.

JSFIA0538GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

BRC-124
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]

Component Signal description A

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-
munication line*1.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor • Yaw rate signal B
• Side G sensor signal
• Decel G sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. C
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN D
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. E
• N range signal
TCM*2 • P range signal
• R range signal
BRC
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
4WD control module*3 communication.
• Current 4WD mode signal G
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal H
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • Brake fluid level switch signal
I
• ESP warning lamp signal
• ESP OFF indicator lamp signal
*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
J
*2: Models with CVT
*3: 4WD models
ABS FUNCTION
K
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006601872

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by L
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status. M

BRC-125
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking.
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function,
ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP
function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function. However, EBD function is operated nor-
mally. Refer to BRC-117, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the
device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 5 to 10 km/h (3.1 to 6.2
MPH) or less, but differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
JPFIC0140GB
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno-
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not
malfunctions.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal

BRC-126
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
EBD FUNCTION
A
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006601873

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is B
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers). C

JPFIC0142GB BRC

• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front

and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig- G
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly H
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less. I
• CONSULT-III can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function,
ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential J
(BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Refer to BRC- K
117, "Fail-safe".

M
JPFIC0143GB

BRC-127
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• Brake warning lamp signal

BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION

BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000006605581

• LH and RH driving wheel spin is always monitored. If necessary, appropriate brake force is independently
applied to LH or RH driving wheel so that one-sided wheel spin is avoided and traction is maintained. Mainly
starting ability is improved.
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates while ESP function is in non-operational status (OFF)
by ESP OFF switch.
• ESP warning lamp blinking while brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is in operation and indicates
to the driver that the function is in operation.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function,
the control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-
117, "Fail-safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM is CVT models only.

BRC-128
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
• 4WD control module is 4WD models only.
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0538GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL

Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com- J
munication line*1.
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor • Yaw rate signal
• Side G sensor signal
• Decel G sensor signal K
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal L
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal M
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• N range signal N
TCM*2 • P range signal
• R range signal
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
O
4WD control module*3 communication.
• Current 4WD mode signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN P
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter
• ESP warning lamp signal
• ESP OFF indicator lamp
*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decal G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

BRC-129
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
*2: Models with CVT
*3: 4WD models

BRC-130
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
A
UNIT)]
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006601874
B
APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
C
Mode Function description
ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and E
ACTIVE TEST
electric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode can show results of self-diagnosis of ECU with either “OK” or “NG”. For engine, more prac-
Function Test*2 tical tests regarding sensors/switches and/or actuators are available. BRC
Work support Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.
*1: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC G
• Freeze frame data (FFD)
*2: Although “Function Test” is selectable, do not use its.
H
ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I
Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result
• The system is presently malfunctioning. J

When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result

• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
K
Freeze frame data (FFD)
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT-III.
L
Item name Display item
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres- M
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis
N
is erased.

DATA MONITOR O
×: Applicable

Monitor item selection

Item (Unit) Note
ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS P
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.

BRC-131
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
DECEL G-SEN
× × Decel G detected by decel G sensor is displayed.
(G)
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR RH IN SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1

STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ACTUATOR RLY
× ABS actuator relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1
(On/Off)
OFF LAMP
× ESP OFF indicator lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1
(On/Off)
OFF SW
× × ESP OFF switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)
SLIP/VDC LAMP
× warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
Current gear position judged from current gear position
GEAR*2 × ×
signal is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED
× × Engine speed status is displayed.
[tr/min (rpm)]
YAW RATE SEN
× × Yaw rate detected by yaw rate sensor is displayed.
(d/s)
R POSI SIG R range signal input status judged from R range signal is
(On/Off) displayed.
4WD MODE MON
× × 4WD control status is displayed.
(2WD/AUTO)
N POSI SIG N range signal input status judged from N range signal is
(On/Off) displayed.
P POSI SIG P range signal input status judged from P range signal is
(On/Off) displayed.

BRC-132
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
CV1
Cut valve 1 operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
B
CV2
Cut valve 2 operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
SV1
Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed. C
(On/Off)
SV2
Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
D
STOP LAMP SW2 Brake switch/brake pedal position switch signal input sta-
(On/Off) tus is displayed.
ACCEL POS SIG
× Displays the Accelerator pedal position E
(%)
SIDE G-SENSOR
× Side G detected by side G sensor is displayed.
(m/s2)
STR ANGLE SIG Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor is dis-
BRC
×
(deg) played.
EBD SIGNAL
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off) G
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS SIGNAL H
TCS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
VDC SIGNAL
ESP operation status is displayed.
(On/Off) I
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG J
ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off) K
VDC FAIL SIG
ESP fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG L
Cranking status is displayed.
(On/Off)
FLUID LEV SW Brake fluid level signal input status via CAN communica-
×
(On/Off) tion is displayed. M
*1: Refer to BRC-105, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
*2: Models with CVT
ACTIVE TEST N
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT-III, instead of those
from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check O
its operation.
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
P
• Always bleed air from brake system before ACTIVE TEST.
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.

BRC-133
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Display
Test item Display item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FRLH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS IN Valve (ACT) and ABS OUT Valve (ACT)
When “Up”, “ACT KEEP” or “ACT UP” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when
system is normal.

Display
Test item Display item
Up ACT KEEP ACT UP
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off

FR RH ABS SOLE- CV1 Off Off Off

NOID (ACT) CV2 Off On On
SV1 Off Off Off
SV2 Off Off On*
FRLH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off

FR LH ABS SOLE- CV1 Off On On

NOID (ACT) CV2 Off Off Off
SV1 Off Off On*
SV2 Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off

RR RH ABS SOLE- CV1 Off On On

NOID (ACT) CV2 Off Off Off
SV1 Off Off On*
SV2 Off Off Off
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off

RR LH ABS SOLE- CV1 Off Off Off

NOID (ACT) CV2 Off On On
SV1 Off Off Off
SV2 Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor

BRC-134
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH ESP]
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.
A
Display
Test item Display item
On Off
B
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR
ACTUATOR RLY On On

BRC

BRC-135
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006548672

CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation

Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving straight ahead*1 play (within ±10%)
When stopped −0.11 – 0.11 G
DECEL G-SEN During acceleration Negative value
During deceleration Positive value
Active On
FR RH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
FR LH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
FR LH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
RR RH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
RR RH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
RR LH IN SOL*2
Not activated Off
Active On
RR LH OUT SOL*2
Not activated Off
*3 On
When brake warning lamp is ON
EBD WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal not depressed Off
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Not activated Off
Active On
ACTUATOR RLY
Not activated (in fail-safe mode) Off

BRC-136
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
A
When ABS warning lamp is ON*3 On
ABS WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*3 Off

When ESP OFF indicator lamp is ON*3 On B

OFF LAMP
When ESP OFF indicator lamp is OFF*3 Off
ESP OFF switch ON On C
OFF SW
ESP OFF switch OFF Off

When ESP warning lamp is ON*3 On

SLIP/VDC LAMP D
When ESP warning lamp is OFF*3 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
1–8 E
GEAR*4 Driving
Depending on shift status
Engine stopped 0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED
Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer BRC
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 d/s
YAW RATE SEN Turning right Negative value
G
Turning left Positive value
When selector lever is in the R position On
R POSI SIG
When selector lever is in the other position than R Off H
4WD MODE MON Always Depending on 4WD control status
When selector lever is in the N position On
N POSI SIG I
When selector lever is in the other position than N Off
When selector lever is in the P position On
P POSI SIG
When selector lever is in the other position than P Off J
Active On
CV1*2
Not activated Off
Active On K
CV2*2
Not activated Off
Active On L
SV1*2
Not activated Off
Active On
SV2*2
Not activated Off M
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW2
Brake pedal not depressed Off
N
Never depress accelerator pedal (with ignition
0%
ACCEL POS SIG switch ON)
Depress accelerator pedal (with ignition switch ON) 0 – 100%
O
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
SIDE G-SENSOR Turning right Negative value
Turning left Positive value P
When driving straight 0±2.5°
STR ANGLE SIG When steering wheel is steered to LH by 90° Approx. +90°
When steering wheel is steered to RH by 90° Approx. −90°
EBD is activated On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is not activated Off

BRC-137
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
ABS is activated On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is not activated Off
TCS is activated On
TCS SIGNAL
TCS is not activated Off
ESP is activated On
VDC SIGNAL
ESP is not activated Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
In TCS fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS is normal Off
In ESP fail-safe On
VDC FAIL SIG
ESP is normal Off
At cranking On
CRANKING SIG
Other than at cranking Off
When brake fluid level switch is ON (brake fluid level
On
FLUID LEV SW is less than the specified level)
When brake fluid level switch is OFF Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Refer to “valve operation” in BRC-105, "System Description" for valve operation of each valve.
*3: Refer to BRC-105, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
*4: Models with CVT.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006548673

ESP FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated
normally.
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP function, TCS function, ABS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without ESP function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for ESP
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The
vehicle status becomes the same as models without ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.

BRC-138
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition A

C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
B

C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.

• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit. C
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power D
C1105
supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not E
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. BRC
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage The following functions are sus-
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power pended.
C1106 • ESP function
supply voltage G
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • TCS function
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning) H
• Brake limited slip differential
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. (BLSD) function
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor I
power supply voltage
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front RH wheel sensor pow-
C1107
er supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor J
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
K
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage L
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Front LH wheel sensor power
C1108
supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. M
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus- N
C1109 • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • ESP function
• TCS function
• ABS function O
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
P
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-139
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
When a malfunction is detected in decel G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/de-
C1113 • TCS function
cel G sensor is open or shorted.
• ABS function (4WD)
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected the ve- • TCS function
C1115
hicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended.
• ESP function
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.

The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
• TCS function
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in ESP pressure sensor.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. • TCS function
• ABS function (4WD)
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-140
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ESP function
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
• TCS function B
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/ The following functions are sus-
C1145
decel G sensor is open or shorted. pended.
C
• ESP function
• TCS function
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/decel • ABS function (4WD)
C1146 D
G sensor is open or shorted. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended. E
• ESP function
C1155 When brake fluid level low signal is detected.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
BRC
(BLSD) function
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2. G
• ESP function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. H
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended. I
• ESP function
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential J
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended. K
When brake switch/brake pedal position switch signal is not input when brake pedal • ESP function
C1176
operates. • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function L
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus-
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• ESP function M
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ABS actuator • TCS function
U1010 • Brake limited slip differential
and electric unit (control unit).
(BLSD) function
N
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006548674

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list. O

Priority Detected item (DTC)

• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT P
1
• U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
2
• C1170 VARIANT CODING
• C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
3
• C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL

BRC-141
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
Priority Detected item (DTC)
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
4 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
• C1113 G-SENSOR
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1116 STOP LAMP SW
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
5 • C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
• C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
• C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
• C1146 SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT
• C1164 CV 1
• C1165 CV 2
• C1166 SV 1
• C1167 SV 2
• C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
6 • C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006548675

DTC Display Item Refer to

C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-151, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-154, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-160, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-162, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-163, "DTC Logic"
C1113 G-SENSOR BRC-165, "DTC Logic"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-168, "DTC Logic"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW BRC-174, "DTC Logic"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-179, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-181, "DTC Logic"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-179, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-181, "DTC Logic"

BRC-142
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH ESP]
DTC Display Item Refer to
A
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-179, "DTC Logic"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-181, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-179, "DTC Logic" B
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-181, "DTC Logic"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 BRC-183, "DTC Logic"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-184, "DTC Logic" C
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT BRC-186, "DTC Logic"
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT BRC-189, "DTC Logic"
D
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL BRC-191, "DTC Logic"
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
BRC-165, "DTC Logic"
C1146 SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT E
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW BRC-192, "DTC Logic"
C1164 CV 1
BRC-195, "DTC Logic" BRC
C1165 CV 2
C1166 SV 1
BRC-197, "DTC Logic"
C1167 SV 2 G
C1170 VARIANT CODING BRC-162, "DTC Logic"
C1176 STOP LAMP SW2 BRC-199, "DTC Logic"
H
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-203, "DTC Logic"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) BRC-204, "DTC Logic"

BRC-143
 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH ESP]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006601879

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information/Explanation of Option Abbreviation".

JCFWA0329GB

BRC-144
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006601880
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-146, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully.Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-138, "Fail-
safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for “ABS”. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-141, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

BRC-145
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT-III.
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006601881

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )

ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

BRC-146
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

BRC-147
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000006385774

When replaced the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), Perform decel G sensor calibration. Refer to
BRC-149, "Work Procedure".

BRC-148
 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006385775

Always adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor before driving when the following operation is per- B
formed.
×: Required —: Not required

Procedure Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor C

Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/installing steering angle sensor × D
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/installing steering components ×
E
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/installing suspension components ×
Replacing suspension components × BRC
Removing/installing tire —
Replacing tire —
G
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment. ×

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006385776

H

ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

CAUTION: I
Always use CONSULT-III when adjusting the neutral position of steering angle sensor. (It cannot be
adjusted other than with CONSULT-III.)
1.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS J

Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position.

Does the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle.
2.ADJUST NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR L
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: M
Never start engine.
2. Select “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in this order.
3. Select “START”. N
CAUTION:
Never touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select “END”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, and then turn it ON again. O
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
P
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved. Stop when it is pointing
straight ahead.

BRC-149
 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH ESP]
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR”, “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” and “STR ANGLE SIG” in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.

STR ANGLE SIG : 0±2.5°

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
With CONSULT-III.
Erase Self-diagnosis result of “ABS”.
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.

BRC-150
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601882
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
D
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 E
sensor circuit. (control unit)

When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel

C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
I
With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle. J
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601883
L
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR M

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

BRC-151
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

BRC-152
 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
23 E22 (Front LH wheel)
B
21 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E35 26 B44 (Rear LH wheel) 1 Existed

B41*1 (Rear RH wheel) C

11 *2
B45 (Rear RH wheel)
*1: 2WD
*2: 4WD D
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 E22 (Front LH wheel)
12 E39 (Front RH wheel) BRC
E35 30 B44 (Rear LH wheel) 2 Existed

B41*1 (Rear RH wheel) G

15
B45*2 (Rear RH wheel)
*1: 2WD
*2: 4WD H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8. I
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III. J
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. K
5. Stat the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle. L
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9. M
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT-III. N
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". O
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
P
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-153
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601884

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large. • Harness or connector
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Wheel sensor
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. • ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen- • Tire
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
≤ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
BRC-154
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION A

With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. B
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
C
YES >> Proceed to BRC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601885 D

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure". BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. I
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III. J
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine. K
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. L
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- M
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. N
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT-III. O
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.

BRC-155
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-225, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.

BRC-156
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- A
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11. B
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. C
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? D
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL E

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator BRC
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
H
12. CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. I
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine. J
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: K
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting L
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13. M
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT-III. N
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. O
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END P
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-157
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
23, 27
21, 12
E35 Ground Not existed
26, 30
11, 15
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.

BRC-158
 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6) A

With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. B
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19. C
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT-III. D
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". E
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. BRC
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? G
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END H

BRC-159
 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601886

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE • Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
• Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601887

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 16 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC-160
 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 16 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#57). D
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector. E

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal BRC
E35 16 E15 59 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
G
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
E35 16 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity L
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4 M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N

6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har- O
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-161
 C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601888

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac-
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit). ABS actuator and electric unit
When the information in ABS actuator and electric (control unit)
C1170 VARIANT CODING
unit (control unit) is not the same.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” or “C1170” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601889

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” or “C1170” is displayed
in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-162
 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601890

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601891

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-163
 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30 A fusible link (K).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30 A fusible link (K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-164
 C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006385977

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause

When a malfunction is detected in decel G signal, or sig- C
C1113 G SENSOR nal line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or short-
ed.
• Harness or connector
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or sig- • Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor D
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR nal line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or short- • ABS actuator and electric unit
ed. (control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT E
line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or shorted.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING BRC

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. I
Is DTC “C1113” “C1145” or “C1146” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006385978

K
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. N
3. Check yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS P
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC“C1113”, “C1145” or “C1146” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

BRC-165
 C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 13 B38 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR GROUND SIRCUIT
Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 28 B38 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
14 5 Existed
E35 B38
29 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each terminals of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal
2−4
2−5
2−6
B38 Not existed
4−5
4−6
5−6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
BRC-166
 C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
2. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON. A
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “DECEL G-SEN” in order.
5. Move yaw rate/side/decel G sensor as shown in the figure to
check the output of before and after moving the sensor.
B

Condition DATA MONITOR

Horizontal Approx. 0 G C
Vertical Approx. +1 G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. D
NO >> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-
JSFIA0098ZZ
235, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR 2 E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Connect following terminals between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and harness connector.
BRC

Yaw rate/side/decel G Harness connector

sensor Connector Terminal G
2 2
4 4
B38 H
5 5
6 6
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
4. Check voltage between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector terminals.
CAUTION: J
Never short out the terminals while measuring voltages.

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor K

Voltage
connector Terminal
5–2 2.5 – 4.5 V
B38 L
6–2 0.5 – 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator end electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- M
tion".
NO >> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-235, "Removal and Installation".
N

BRC-167
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601892

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel
ABS SENSOR • Sensor rotor
C1115 and others is detected the vehicle is driven, because
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL] • ABS actuator and electric unit
of installation of other tires than specified.
(control unit)
• Tire

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Stat the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601893

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:

BRC-168
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. A
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? B
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1) C
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. D
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR BRC
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole. G
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque. H
• Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-225, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1) J
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". K
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. L
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: M
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting N
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
P
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-169
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Stat the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
BRC-170
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14. A
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT-III. B
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. E
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.) BRC
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
23 E22 (Front LH wheel)
21 E39 (Front RH wheel) H
E35 26 B44 (Rear LH wheel) 1 Existed

B41*1 (Rear RH wheel)

11 I
B45*2 (Rear RH wheel)
*1: 2WD
*2: 4WD J
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor

Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 E22 (Front LH wheel)
12 E39 (Front RH wheel) L
E35 30 B44 (Rear LH wheel) 2 Existed

B41*1 (Rear RH wheel)

15
B45*2 (Rear RH wheel) M
*1: 2WD
*2: 4WD
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity O
Connector Terminal
23, 27
21, 12 P
E35 Ground Not existed
26, 30
11, 15
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.

BRC-171
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)

With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Stat the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Replace sensor rotor.
BRC-172
 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
- Front: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". A
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Stat the engine.
B
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? C
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END D

BRC

BRC-173
 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006386069

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• Stop lamp switch
When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake
C1116 STOP LAMP SW • ABS actuator and electric unit
pedal operates.
(control unit)
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006386070

NOTE:
DTC “C1116” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER
Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON.
Does stop lamp turn ON?

BRC-174
 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-39, "Wiring Diagram". GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III. B
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: C
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. E
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp switch clearance. BRC
- LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. GO TO 6.
• LHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment". H
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
I
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine. J
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor K
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-177, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. GO TO 8. N
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3) O

With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
P
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-175
 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
5. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
6. Check stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 10.
10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E35 8 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E35 8 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 12.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

BRC-176
 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B

E102*1
E35 8 E118*2 2 Existed
C
M205*3
*1: Models with CVT
*2: LHD models with M/T D
*3: RHD models with M/T
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

E
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E35 8 Ground Not existed BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 13.
13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)
H
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. I
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION: J
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
L
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006386071

M
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. N
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch O

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed) P
1–2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-177
 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-178
 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601894

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN C
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN E
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601895

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-179
 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-180
 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601896

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT C
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT E
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601897

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-181
 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-182
 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006386145

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• ECM C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(control unit)
• CAN communication line
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
G
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
H
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006386146

1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM J

With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) L

With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. M
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 10 second or more.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF. N
6. After the vehicle stops, perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- O
tion".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts. P

BRC-183
 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601898

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601899

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-184
 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I). D
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC
5. CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. G

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

BRC-185
 C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006386147

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Stop lamp switch system
When a malfunction is detected in ESP pressure sen- • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
sor. (control unit)
• ESP pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006386148

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEACKAGE
Check brake fluid leakage.
• LHD: Refer to BR-12, "Inspection".
• RHD: Refer to BR-80, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check ESP pressure sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC“C1142” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.

BRC-186
 C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK ESP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
B
3. Disconnect ESP pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ESP pressure sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.
C
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ESP pressure sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
10 1 Not existed D
10 2 Not existed
10 3 Existed
E
7 1 Not existed
E35 7 E113 2 Existed
7 3 Not existed BRC
32 1 Existed
32 2 Not existed
G
32 3 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ESP PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
I
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. J
3. Check voltage ESP pressure sensor harness connector terminals.

ESP pressure sensor K

Voltage
Connector Terminal
E113 1−2 Approx. 5 V
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- M
tion".
7.CHECK ESP PRESSURESENSOR (1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Secure connect ESP pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check loose connection with harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. O
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
5. In 1 second or more after ignition switch ON, check pressure sensor voltage.
P
ESP pressure sensor
Condition Voltage
connector Terminal
When brake pedal is not depressed. Approx. 0.5 V
E113 1–2
When brake pedal is depressed. 0.5 – 4.5 V (Note)
NOTE:

BRC-187
 C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
Voltage changes according to the degree of the application of the brake pedal.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace ESP pressure sensor.
• LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• RHD: Refer to BR-91, "FRONT : Exploded View".

BRC-188
 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006386150

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector C
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sen-
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT (control unit)
sor. D
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• CAN communication line
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III. H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1143” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006386151
J

1.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.
L
Steering angle sensor
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
M30 4 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: N
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.
O
Steering angle sensor
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M30 4 Ground Battery voltage P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#3).
BRC-189
 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Check continuity and short circuit between steering angle sensor harness connector terminal (4) and 10 A
fuse (#3).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M30 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TERMINAL
Check steering angle sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Check “STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT”. Refer to LAN-51, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to BRC-96, "Precaution for Harness Repair".

BRC-190
 C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006386152

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector C
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When neutral position adjustment of steering angle
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL (control unit)
sensor is not complete. D
• Incomplete neutral position ad-
justment of steering angle sen-
sor
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III. H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006386153
J

1.ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

K
Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-149, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ERECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. M
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END N

3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check steering angle sensor system. Refer to BRC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- P
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-191
 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006387131

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

• Harness or connector
• When brake fluid level low signal is detected. • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW • When an open circuit is detected in brake fluid level (control unit)
switch circuit. • Brake fluid level switch
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387132

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check brake fluid level.
- LHD: Refer to BR-12, "Inspection".
- RHD: Refer to BR-80, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill brake fluid.
• LHD: Refer to BR-12, "Refilling".
• RHD: Refer to BR-80, "Refilling".
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluids level switch. Refer to BRC-194, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-192
 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. GO TO 4. A
• LHD: Refer to BR-44, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• RHD: Refer to BR-109, "Disassembly and Assembly".
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2) B
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. C
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. D
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. BRC
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check brake fluid level switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. G
5. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
6. Check combination meter harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 6.
I
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect brake fluid level switch harness connector. J
2. Connect combination meter harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. K
5. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. L
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7. M
7.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector. O

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter

Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E37*1
1 M34 11 Existed
E42*2
*1: 4WD
*2: 2WD
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

BRC-193
 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal

E37*1
1 Ground Not existed
E42*2
*1: 4WD
*2: 2WD
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal

E37*1
2 Ground Existed
E42*2
*1: 4WD
*2: 2WD
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006387133

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of brake fluid level switch.

Brake fluid level switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is within the specified level. Not existed
1–2 When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is less than the specified
Existed
level.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• LHD: Refer to BR-44, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• RHD: Refer to BR-109, "Disassembly and Assembly".

BRC-194
 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006387188

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

C1164 CV 1 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. • Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1165 CV 2 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387189

J
1.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. K
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) L

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. M
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal O
E35 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I).

BRC-195
 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-196
 C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006387190

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

C1166 SV 1 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1167 SV 2 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387191

J
1.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. K
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) L

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON. M
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal O
E35 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I).

BRC-197
 C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-198
 C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006387347

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause

• Harness or connector C
• Brake switch/brake pedal po-
When brake switch/brake pedal position switch signal is sition switch
C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
not input when brake pedal operates. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) D
• Ignition power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. BRC

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1176” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387348
J
NOTE:
DTC “C1176” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. K
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER
Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle. L
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III. N
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
O
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. P
Is DTC “C1176” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check brake switch/brake pedal position switch clearance.

BRC-199
 C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
- LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust brake switch/brake pedal position switch clearance. GO TO 4.
• LHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW2” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake switch/brake pedal position switch. Refer to BRC-177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace brake switch/brake pedal position switch. GO TO 6.
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW2” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
5. Disconnect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector.
6. Check brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check brake switch/brake pedal position switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-III.

BRC-200
 C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector. A
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
B
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW2” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value". C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 11. D
9.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCHCIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage G
E35 6 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. H

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Condition Voltage I
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E35 6 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 10.
10.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
L
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and brake
switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector. M

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) brake switch/brake pedal position switch
Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E111*1
E112*2 O
E35 6 2 Existed
M202*3
M204*4
*1: Brake switch (LHD models and RHD models with CVT) P
*2: Brake pedal position switch (LHD models and RHD models with CVT)
*3: Brake switch (RHD models with M/T)
*4: Brake pedal position switch (RHD models with M/T)
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-201
 C1176 STOP LAMP SW2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E35 6 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 11.
11.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW2” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-136, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006387349

1.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals.

brake switch/brake pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Brake pedal is fully released. Not existed
1−2
Brake pedal is slightly depressed. Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake switch/brake pedal position switch.
• LHD: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• RHD: Refer to BR-89, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-202
 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601900

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601901
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more. function
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1000” detected? J
YES >> Proceed to BRC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601902

Proceed to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

L

BRC-203
 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006601903

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006601904

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes

When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of
ABS actuator and electric unit
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CAN controller of ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
(control unit)
trol unit).

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1010” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-204, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601905

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection and deformation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-204
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601906

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal D
E35 16 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON E
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
E35 16 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#57).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R J
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R K

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 16 E15 59 Existed
L
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.
M
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E35 16 Ground Not existed N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
O
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY P
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 1 Ground 10 − 16 V

BRC-205
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30 A fusible link (K).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30 A fusible link (K).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E35 2 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50 A fusible link (I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50 A fusible link (I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-10, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-206
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E35 Ground Existed B
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
D
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
BRC

BRC-207
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006601910

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION

Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601911

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M31 1 M34 10 Existed
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M31 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-208, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-5, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006601912

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

BRC-208
 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

Parking brake switch Condition Continuity A

—
Terminal When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-5, "Removal and Installation". C

BRC

BRC-209
 ESP OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
ESP OFF SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006387351

1.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH OPERATION

Check that ESP OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when ESP OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387352

1.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ESP OFF switch harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ESP OFF
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit

ESP OFF switch
(control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 5 M28 1 Existed
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (con-

trol unit) — Continuity
Connector Terminal
E35 5 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ESP OFF switch harness connector and ground.

ESP OFF switch

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M28 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH
Check ESP OFF switch. Refer to BRC-211, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace ESP OFF switch. Refer to BRC-237, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III.
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect ESP OFF switch harness connector.
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF SW” according to this order. Check ESP OFF switch signal.
BRC-210
 ESP OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

Condition DATA MONITOR A

When ESP OFF switch is pressed and ESP OFF indicator
On
lamp in combination meter is in ON status
When ESP OFF switch is pressed and ESP OFF indicator B
Off
lamp in combination meter is in OFF status
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TERMINAL D
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check ESP OFF switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006387353

G
1.CHECK ESP OFF SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect triple switch harness connector. H
3. Check continuity between terminals of ESP OFF switch connector.

ESP OFF switch I

Condition Continuity
Terminal
When ESP OFF switch is pressed Existed
1–2 J
When ESP OFF switch is not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace ESP OFF switch. Refer to BRC-237, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-211
 ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
ABS WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006601916

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601917

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III.
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-212
 BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006601918

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1) B

Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level. H
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601919

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- K
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III. N
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index". O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-69, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-213
 ESP WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
ESP WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006387354

1.CHECK ESP WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that ESP warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387355

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ESP WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III.
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “SLIP/VDC LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-214
 ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006387356

1.CHECK ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1) B

Check that ESP OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK ESP INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that ESP OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when ESP OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END BRC
NO >> Check ESP OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006387357

G
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit. H
Refer to BRC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (1) J
With CONSULT-III.
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
K
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- M
tion".
3.CHECK ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (2)
N
With CONSULT-III.
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Check that data monitor displays “On” or “Off” each time when ESP OFF switch is operated.
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-23, "CONSULT-III Function".
NO >> Check ESP OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

BRC-215
 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000006601920

ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
operates in excessive operation frequency.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601921

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- MR16DDT: Refer to FAX-9, "Inspection".
- HR16DE: Refer to FAX-41, "Inspection".
- K9K: Refer to FAX-66, "Inspection".
• Rear axle
- 2WD: Refer to RAX-4, "Inspection".
- 4WD: Refer to RAX-12, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-224, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-229, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after
key switch is turned ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.

BRC-216
 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601922

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601923

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE C

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- MR16DDT: Refer to FAX-9, "Inspection". D
- HR16DE: Refer to FAX-41, "Inspection".
- K9K: Refer to FAX-66, "Inspection".
• Rear axle E
- 2WD: Refer to RAX-4, "Inspection".
- 4WD: Refer to RAX-12, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR G
Check disc rotor runout.
• Front
- LHD: Refer to BR-16, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". H
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• Rear
- LHD: Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-86, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Refinish disc rotor.
• Front
- LHD: Refer to BR-16, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-84, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". K
• Rear
- LHD: Refer to BR-18, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- RHD: Refer to BR-86, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". L
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEACKAGE
Check fluid leakage.
• Front M
- LHD: Refer to BR-30, "FRONT : Inspection".
- RHD: Refer to BR-97, "FRONT : Inspection".
• Rear N
- LHD: Refer to BR-39, "REAR : Inspection".
- RHD: Refer to BR-105, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL P
Check each item of brake pedal.
• LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal.
• LHD: Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
BRC-217
 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
• RHD: Refer to BR-77, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

BRC-218
 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601924

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated. B

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601925

CAUTION: C
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE D
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE BRC
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
H

BRC-219
 DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000006601926

ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
does not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601927

CAUTION:
• ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
• ESP function and TCS function never operate when ESP OFF switch is operated (when ESP OFF
indicator lamp turns ON).
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP
Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1
second after key switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and ESP warning
lamp and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.

BRC-220
 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601928

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the B
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following C
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road D
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601929

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1 BRC

Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check brake pedal.
• LHD: Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• RHD: Refer to BR-90, "Inspection and Adjustment". H
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
I
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT-III.
J
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur? K
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit). L
NO >> Normal

BRC-221
 VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
Description INFOID:0000000006601930

The vehicle jerks when ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function operates.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006601931

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-142, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT-III.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III.
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION” (for CVT models).
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-222
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH ESP]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006601932

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when ESP function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
C
differential (BLSD) function operates.
This is not a malfunction, The symptom
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending occurs ESP function, TCS function, ABS
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, function, EBD function and brake limited
gravel road or snowy road. differential (BLSD) function that are nor- D
mally operated.
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and corner-
ing, when ESP function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is op-
erated. E
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine.
tor and electric unit (control unit). BRC
Acceleration may be felt insufficient depending on the road conditions. This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by TCS function that puts the
TCS function may operate momentarily, while driving on a road where friction coefficient highest priority to obtain the optimum
varies, or when downshifting, or fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability). G
ABS warning lamp and EPS OFF indicator lamp may turn ON, when the vehicle is on a ro-
tating turntable or is given a strong shaking or large vibrations on a ship while the engine is
running. H
In this case, restart the engine on a nor-
ESP warning lamp may turn ON and ESP function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
mal road. If the normal condition is re-
ferential (BLSD) function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is
stored, there is no malfunction. In that
extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course). I
case, erase “ABS” self-diagnosis result
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle memory with CONSULT-III.
sharply turns during a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while ESP function, TCS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function are OFF (ESP OFF switch is
pressed and ESP OFF indicator lamp is in ON status). J
This is not a malfunction. (When checking
The vehicle speed does not increase, when the accelerator pedal is depressed while the the vehicle on a chassis dynamometer,
vehicle is on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer for speedometer check. operate ESP OFF switch so that TCS K
function is OFF.)

BRC-223
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006601933

JPFIC0191GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006601934

REMOVAL
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-22, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

BRC-224
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like A
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006601935

BRC
2WD
Left side
G

JPFIC0192GB
N

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector O
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) P

BRC-225
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
Right side

JPFIC0218GB

1. Rear RH wheel sensor 2. Rear RH wheel sensor harness con-

nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

4WD

BRC-226
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]

BRC

H
JSFIA0525GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-

nector I

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) J

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
K
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006601936

REMOVAL L
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from wheel hub and bearing assembly (2WD).
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out. M
2. Remove rear wheel sensor from axle housing (4WD).
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
N
3. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
O
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
P
mounting hole of wheel hub and bearing assembly and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are for-
eign material like iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.

BRC-227
 WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

CAUTION:
Check that the identification line (A) of the rear wheel sensor
is faced upward.

JPFIC0198ZZ

BRC-228
 SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
SENSOR ROTOR
A
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006601937
B
REMOVAL
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled.
• MR16DDT: Refer to FAX-11, "Removal and Installation". C
• HR16DE: Refer to FAX-43, "Removal and Installation".
• K9K: Refer to FAX-68, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION D
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled.
• MR16DDT: Refer to FAX-11, "Removal and Installation".
• HR16DE: Refer to FAX-43, "Removal and Installation". E
• K9K: Refer to FAX-68, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
BRC
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006601938

REMOVAL
G
2WD
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
RAX-5, "Removal and Installation". H
4WD
1. Remove drive shaft. Refer to RAX-17, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from drive shaft. Refer to RAX-21, "FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and Assem- I
bly".
INSTALLATION J
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Never reuse sensor rotor. (4WD)

BRC-229
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006601939

LHD
MR16DDT (2WD), HR16DE

JSFIA0604GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
A. To front LH caliper B. To rear RH caliper C. To rear LH caliper
D. To front RH caliper E. To master cylinder secondary side F. To master cylinder primary side
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

BRC-230
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
MR16DDT (4WD)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0545GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector I
A. To front LH caliper B. To rear RH caliper C. To rear LH caliper
D. To front RH caliper E. To master cylinder secondary side F. To master cylinder primary side
: Vehicle front J

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) K

BRC-231
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
K9K

JSFIA0546GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
A. To front LH caliper B. To rear RH caliper C. To rear LH caliper
D. To front RH caliper E. To master cylinder secondary side F. To master cylinder primary side
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

RHD

BRC-232
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]

BRC

H
JPFIC0193GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bracket
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector I
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH caliper E. To rear LH caliper F. To front RH caliper
: Vehicle front J

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) K

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006601940

L
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid. M
• LHD: Refer to BR-12, "Draining".
• RHD: Refer to BR-80, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct. (RHD) Refer to EM-161, "Removal and Installation". N
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl (A). O
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector. P
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
• LHD Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View". JPFIC0194ZZ
• RHD Refer to BR-91, "FRONT : Exploded View".
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
CAUTION:

BRC-233
 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
• Never remove and never install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness
connector.
• Be careful not to drop ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and apply excessive impact to
it.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged.
- LHD: Refer to BR-24, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- RHD: Refer to BR-91, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation.
- LHD: Refer to BR-13, "Bleeding Brake System".
- RHD: Refer to BR-81, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector (1), move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to
secure the locking.

JPFIC0195ZZ

BRC-234
 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006387485

BRC

G
JSFIA0544GB

1. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor 2. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor har- 3. Bracket

ness connector H
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

I
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006387486

REMOVAL J
CAUTION:
Never drop or strike yaw rate/side/decel G sensor, because it has little endurance to impact. Never use
a pneumatic tool. K
1. Remove front seat (right side).
• 2WD: Refer to SE-19, "Removal and Installation".
• 4WD: Refer to SE-27, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Remove floor carpet. Refer to INT-23, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
4. Remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. M
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never drop or strike yaw rate/transverse/decel G sensor, because it has little endurance to impact. Never N
use a power tool.

BRC-235
 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006387487

REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable assembly. Refer to SR-16, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove steering angle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when steering angle sensor is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BRC-149, "Work Procedure".

BRC-236
 ESP OFF SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH ESP]
ESP OFF SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006387488

REMOVAL B
1. Remove lower instrument panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove ESP OFF switch.
C
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
D

BRC

BRC-237